1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
206 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
704 unsigned int i
, type
;
707 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
710 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
711 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
714 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
718 static reloc_howto_type
*
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
853 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
868 static reloc_howto_type
*
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
875 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
897 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
898 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
907 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
928 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
931 asection
*input_section
,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
937 bfd_size_type octets
;
940 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
942 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
946 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
947 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
948 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
953 value
= symbol
->value
;
954 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
955 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
956 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
957 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
958 + input_section
->output_offset
959 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
962 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
963 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
965 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
972 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
975 asection
*input_section
,
977 char **error_message
)
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
982 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
984 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
986 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
989 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
991 *error_message
= buf
;
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name
;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name
;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1065 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1067 unsigned char *contents
;
1069 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1073 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1077 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1082 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1090 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1092 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1098 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1103 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1104 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1110 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1111 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1115 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1126 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1130 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1131 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1133 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1146 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1149 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1153 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1184 switch (note
->descsz
)
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1205 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1211 switch (note
->descsz
)
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1230 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1231 int n
= strlen (command
);
1233 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1234 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1250 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1253 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1254 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1255 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1264 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1270 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1281 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1282 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1283 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1285 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1287 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1289 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1292 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1315 return rel
->address
;
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1334 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1336 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1339 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1340 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1342 if (strncmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1344 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1359 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1360 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1370 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1375 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1379 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1390 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1392 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1400 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1402 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1405 unsigned int p_flags
;
1407 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1410 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1412 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1414 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1418 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1423 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1425 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1427 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1429 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1433 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1434 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1437 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1445 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1446 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1455 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1456 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1457 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1461 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1462 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1463 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1464 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1466 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1490 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1506 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1510 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1511 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1521 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1522 unsigned long value
;
1526 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1533 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1539 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1541 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1543 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1545 entry
= entry
->next
;
1548 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1552 entry
->value
= value
;
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1560 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1561 unsigned long count
;
1563 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1565 entry
= entry
->next
)
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1574 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1578 entry
= entry
->next
)
1581 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1587 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1589 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1591 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1607 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1610 unsigned long length
;
1611 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1613 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1621 unsigned long datum
;
1623 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length
= asec
->size
;
1634 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1637 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1638 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1644 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1655 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1658 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1662 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1667 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1675 error_message
= NULL
;
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1685 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1705 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1707 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1709 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1720 unsigned num_entries
;
1721 bfd_size_type length
;
1723 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1730 length
= asec
->size
;
1734 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1750 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1756 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1777 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1791 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1792 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1793 && section
->vma
<= vma
1794 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1799 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1802 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1803 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1809 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1816 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1819 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1822 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1826 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1833 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1840 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1842 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1847 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1848 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1851 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1852 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1855 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1857 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1860 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1862 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1863 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1866 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1867 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1878 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1886 glink stubs now reside. */
1887 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1892 from the first glink stub. */
1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1894 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1896 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1900 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1901 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1904 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1907 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1911 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1916 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1923 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1924 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1927 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1930 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1934 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1935 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1936 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1938 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1940 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1943 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1946 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1948 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1952 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1953 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1954 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1955 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1959 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1960 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1962 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1965 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1966 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1967 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1969 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1972 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1973 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1977 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1978 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1980 names
+= strlen (names
);
1982 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1983 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1989 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1991 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1993 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1995 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1996 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2003 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2005 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2007 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2009 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2010 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2029 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2038 /* The .got2 section. */
2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2048 /* .glink stub offset. */
2049 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2083 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2102 unsigned int count
: 31;
2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2105 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2116 from the beginning of the section. */
2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2119 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2120 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2121 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2122 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2123 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2124 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2125 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2126 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2127 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2130 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2131 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2132 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2133 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2134 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2136 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2137 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2138 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2139 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2140 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2142 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2144 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2146 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2148 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2151 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2153 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2155 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2157 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2159 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2160 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2162 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2166 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2168 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2170 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2172 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2175 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2176 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2178 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2181 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2183 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2187 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2188 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2190 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2191 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2192 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2193 unsigned int got_gap
;
2195 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2196 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2198 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2199 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2200 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2201 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2203 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2204 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2206 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2207 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2209 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2211 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2213 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2214 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2217 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2218 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2220 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2221 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2223 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2225 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2227 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2228 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2230 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2232 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2233 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2234 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2236 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2238 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2239 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2240 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2243 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2247 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2248 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2253 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2254 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2257 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2258 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2265 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2267 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2268 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2270 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2271 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2272 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2274 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2278 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2279 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2280 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2287 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2288 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2289 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2290 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2292 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2294 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2295 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2296 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2298 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2299 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2300 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2302 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2303 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2304 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2306 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2309 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2312 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2314 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2317 htab
->params
= params
;
2318 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2321 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2324 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2326 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2328 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2331 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2332 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2334 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2336 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2337 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2338 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2345 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2346 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2347 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2350 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2351 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2353 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2357 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2358 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2360 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2365 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2366 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2368 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2369 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2371 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2376 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2378 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2383 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2384 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2385 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2387 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2388 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2389 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2391 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2394 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2396 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2397 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2398 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2399 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2401 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2405 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2406 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2409 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2412 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2413 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2414 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2415 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2417 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2420 /* Local plt entries. */
2421 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2422 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2423 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2425 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2426 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2429 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2431 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2432 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2434 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2435 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2436 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2440 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2444 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2451 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2452 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2453 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2456 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2458 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2462 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2464 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2465 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2468 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2471 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2472 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2475 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2476 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2481 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2483 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2484 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2485 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2488 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2492 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
2493 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2497 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2498 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2499 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2500 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2501 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2504 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2507 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2508 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2509 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2511 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2513 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2514 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2516 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2517 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2519 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2520 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2521 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2522 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2523 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2524 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2525 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2527 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2528 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2531 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2533 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2535 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2536 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2538 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2539 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2540 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2544 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2545 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2547 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2548 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2555 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
2558 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
2559 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2562 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2563 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2564 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2565 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2567 /* And plt entries. */
2568 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2570 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2572 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2573 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2575 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2577 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2579 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2580 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2582 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2589 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2592 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2593 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2596 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2598 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2599 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2600 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2601 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2602 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2603 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2604 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2608 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2609 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2612 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2613 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2614 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2615 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2616 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2620 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2621 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2622 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2623 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2625 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2627 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2629 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2630 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2632 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2634 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2635 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2637 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2640 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2645 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2651 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2653 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2654 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2655 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2657 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2659 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2660 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2661 return linker_pointers
;
2666 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2669 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2670 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2671 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2672 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2674 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2675 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2676 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2679 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2681 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2684 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2686 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2687 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2688 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2693 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2697 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2699 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2700 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2702 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2705 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2708 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2709 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2714 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2717 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2718 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2723 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2726 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2727 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2728 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2729 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2730 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2732 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2735 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2736 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2737 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2738 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2740 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2742 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2743 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2747 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2748 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2749 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2755 static struct plt_entry
**
2756 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2758 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2761 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2762 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2763 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2765 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2767 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2769 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2770 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2771 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2772 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2773 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2775 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2778 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2779 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2780 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2781 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2782 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2783 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2787 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2788 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2790 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2794 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2795 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2799 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2800 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2805 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2806 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2809 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2813 static struct plt_entry
*
2814 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2816 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2820 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2821 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2827 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2829 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2830 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2831 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2832 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2835 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2842 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2845 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2847 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2848 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2849 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2850 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2854 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2857 /* xgettext:c-format */
2858 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2860 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2861 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2864 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2865 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2869 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2870 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2872 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2874 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2875 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2876 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2877 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2878 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2879 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2880 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2882 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2886 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2890 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2894 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2896 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2897 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2899 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2900 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2901 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2904 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2905 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2906 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2907 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2908 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2911 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2912 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2914 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2915 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2916 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2918 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2919 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2922 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2923 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2927 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2928 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2929 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2930 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2933 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2934 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2937 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2938 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2940 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2941 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2942 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2944 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2948 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2950 if (h
== NULL
&& htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2952 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
2957 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2959 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2960 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2961 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2965 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2966 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2968 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2969 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2970 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2971 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2972 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2975 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2976 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2977 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2978 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2979 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2980 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2981 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2982 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2983 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
2989 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
2990 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2995 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
2996 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
2997 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3001 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3002 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3009 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3010 its parameter symbol. */
3012 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3014 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3015 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3022 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3023 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3024 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3025 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3026 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3029 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3030 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3031 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3032 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3033 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3036 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3040 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3041 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3042 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3049 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3051 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3054 /* GOT16 relocations */
3056 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3057 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3059 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3060 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3062 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3063 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3064 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3069 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3070 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3073 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3074 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3077 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3079 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3081 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3086 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3087 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3088 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3089 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3094 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3095 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3099 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3100 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3101 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3103 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3106 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3107 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3112 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3113 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3117 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3118 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3121 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3122 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3123 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3124 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3125 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3126 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3129 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3130 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3134 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3135 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3146 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3147 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3149 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3152 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3155 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3156 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3162 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3163 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3166 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3167 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3171 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3172 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3173 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3174 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3175 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3177 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3180 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3183 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3187 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3191 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3192 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3193 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3194 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3197 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3199 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3202 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3203 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3209 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3210 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3212 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3215 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3216 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3217 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3218 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3219 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3220 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3221 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3225 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3226 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3227 section relative. */
3229 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3230 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3231 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3232 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3233 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3234 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3235 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3240 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3241 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3242 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3243 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3244 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3247 /* These are just markers. */
3249 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3253 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3254 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3258 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3260 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3261 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3262 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3263 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3266 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3268 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3269 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3270 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3271 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3272 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3275 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3276 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3277 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3279 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3280 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3282 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3285 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3290 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3291 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3292 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3293 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3297 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3298 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3299 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3300 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3304 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3307 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3308 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3309 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3310 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3311 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3315 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3316 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3322 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3323 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3324 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3326 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3327 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3328 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3329 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3330 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3333 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3335 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
3340 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3343 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3344 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3347 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3353 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3354 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3355 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3358 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3360 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3361 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3362 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3365 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3367 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3368 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3369 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3370 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3371 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3377 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3378 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3381 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3383 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3385 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3386 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3394 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3395 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3396 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3398 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3399 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3401 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3407 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3408 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3409 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3410 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3411 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3412 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3413 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3414 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3415 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3416 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3417 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3418 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3419 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3420 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3421 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3424 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3425 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3426 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3428 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3429 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3431 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3432 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3433 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3434 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3435 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3437 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3438 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3442 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3443 "create relocation for %s\n",
3444 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3445 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3449 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3450 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3452 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3453 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3459 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3460 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3463 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3464 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3466 rel_head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
3468 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3470 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3473 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3480 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3485 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3486 We really need local syms available to do this
3488 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3489 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3490 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3493 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3495 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
3500 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3504 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3505 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3506 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3508 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3510 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3512 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3515 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3518 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3532 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3533 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3535 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3537 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3538 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3539 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3540 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3541 bfd_boolean warn_only
;
3543 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3544 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3545 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3546 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3547 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3548 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3549 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3550 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3551 warn_only
= (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
3553 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3554 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3556 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3557 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3559 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3561 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3562 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3563 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3567 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3571 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3572 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3576 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3579 /* xgettext:c-format */
3580 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3584 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3587 /* xgettext:c-format */
3588 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3592 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3595 /* xgettext:c-format */
3596 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3597 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3600 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3603 /* xgettext:c-format */
3604 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3605 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3609 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3610 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3613 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3617 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3618 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3622 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3625 /* xgettext:c-format */
3626 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3627 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3630 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3633 /* xgettext:c-format */
3634 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3635 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3638 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3641 /* xgettext:c-format */
3642 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3643 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3646 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3649 /* xgettext:c-format */
3650 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3651 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3658 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3659 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3664 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3665 there are conflicting attributes. */
3667 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3670 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3671 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3674 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3677 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3678 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3679 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3681 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3682 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3683 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3684 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3686 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3688 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3689 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3690 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3694 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3696 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3697 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3700 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3701 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3702 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3703 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3705 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3707 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3709 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3710 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3713 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3716 /* xgettext:c-format */
3717 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3719 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3722 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3725 /* xgettext:c-format */
3726 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3728 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3733 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3734 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3735 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3736 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3737 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3739 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3740 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3741 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3743 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3745 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3747 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3748 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3751 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3754 /* xgettext:c-format */
3755 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3756 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3757 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3760 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3763 /* xgettext:c-format */
3764 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3765 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3766 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3776 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3777 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3780 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3781 object file when linking. */
3784 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3786 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3791 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3794 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3795 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3798 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3801 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3804 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3805 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3806 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3808 /* First call, no flags set. */
3809 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3810 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3813 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3814 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3817 /* Incompatible flags. */
3820 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3821 to be linked with either. */
3823 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3824 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3828 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3829 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3831 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3832 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3836 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3837 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3840 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3841 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3842 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3844 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3845 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3846 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3847 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3848 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3849 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3851 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3852 any module uses it. */
3853 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3855 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3856 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3858 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3859 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3863 /* xgettext:c-format */
3864 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3865 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3866 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3871 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3880 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3881 asection
*input_section
,
3882 unsigned long offset
,
3885 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3888 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3890 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3891 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3892 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3893 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3894 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3895 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3896 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3898 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3901 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3904 /* xgettext:c-format */
3905 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3906 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3909 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3910 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3911 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3912 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3913 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3914 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3915 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3917 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3920 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3923 /* xgettext:c-format */
3924 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3925 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3928 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3930 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3931 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3932 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3934 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3935 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3936 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3941 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3942 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3944 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3945 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3949 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3953 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3954 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3955 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3956 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3957 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3958 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3959 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3960 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3961 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3965 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3966 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3968 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3969 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3971 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3974 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3976 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3978 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3980 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3981 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3982 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3983 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3984 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3985 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3986 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3989 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3990 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3992 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3993 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3994 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3995 r30 to be set up. */
3996 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4001 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4003 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4004 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4005 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4006 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4007 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4009 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4010 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4012 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4014 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4017 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4021 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4024 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4026 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4027 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4029 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4032 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4034 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4036 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4037 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4039 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4040 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4041 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4044 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4045 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4046 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4051 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4052 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4053 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4056 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4059 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4063 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4064 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4065 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4066 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4067 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4070 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4072 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4073 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4077 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4081 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4082 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4084 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4085 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4086 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4089 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4091 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4093 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4094 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4096 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4097 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4098 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4099 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4107 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4109 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4110 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4111 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4112 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4116 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4117 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4121 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4122 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4124 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4126 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4127 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4128 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4129 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4130 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4131 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4133 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4135 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4143 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4144 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4146 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4148 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4149 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4152 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4153 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4155 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4156 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4157 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4158 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4159 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4161 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4167 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4168 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4171 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4173 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4176 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4178 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4182 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4183 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4184 between the call and its destination. */
4188 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4189 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4191 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4193 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4194 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4197 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4198 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4200 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4202 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4206 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4207 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4208 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4209 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4210 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4211 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4212 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4213 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4214 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4215 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4216 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4217 together except their symbol. */
4219 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4221 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4222 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4224 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4228 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4230 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4231 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4232 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4234 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4236 /* Read the relocations. */
4237 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4239 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4242 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4243 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4245 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4246 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4248 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4249 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4250 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4252 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4253 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4256 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4257 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4260 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4262 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4267 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4271 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4274 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4275 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4276 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4277 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4278 + sec
->output_offset
4279 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4280 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4281 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4284 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4288 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4289 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4291 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4294 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4301 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4302 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4305 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4307 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4309 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4310 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4311 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4312 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4313 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4315 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4317 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4318 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4319 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4321 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4322 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4324 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4325 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4326 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4327 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4328 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4329 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4331 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4333 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4334 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4336 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4337 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4338 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4342 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4343 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4344 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4346 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4348 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4350 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4352 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4355 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4360 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4362 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4363 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4364 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4366 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4367 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4370 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4373 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4377 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4378 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4379 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4381 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4382 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4383 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4385 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4387 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4388 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4390 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4391 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4392 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4393 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4400 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4404 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4405 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4409 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4412 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4415 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4419 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4420 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4421 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4422 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4423 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4424 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4425 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4426 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4428 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4429 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4431 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4432 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4434 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4435 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4437 /* Read the relocations. */
4438 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4440 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4443 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4444 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4446 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4447 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4448 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4449 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4450 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4451 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4452 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4454 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4455 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4457 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4459 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4460 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4461 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4462 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4463 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4466 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4467 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4468 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4469 without marker relocs, then check that each
4470 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4471 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4472 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4473 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4475 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4477 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4478 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4479 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4481 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4482 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4483 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4484 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4489 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4492 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4493 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4494 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4497 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4498 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4499 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4500 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4501 that turns out to be the case. */
4510 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4511 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4512 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4516 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4522 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4526 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4527 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4528 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4529 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4534 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4545 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4546 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4549 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4551 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4552 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4553 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4555 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4557 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4558 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4559 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4560 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4561 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4564 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4567 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4568 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4569 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4572 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4573 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4579 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4590 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4591 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4594 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4595 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4596 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4599 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4600 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4601 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4602 the entire optimization. */
4603 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4604 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4605 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4606 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4613 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4614 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4618 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4619 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4620 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4622 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4623 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4625 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4626 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4627 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4628 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4629 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4630 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4633 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4634 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4635 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4636 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4637 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4638 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4639 Disable optimization in this case. */
4640 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4641 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4642 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4643 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4646 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4648 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4651 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4652 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4653 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4654 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4655 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4657 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4658 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4665 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4670 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4671 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4674 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4678 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4682 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4683 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4684 size_dynamic_sections. */
4687 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4689 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4692 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4694 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4695 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4700 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4703 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4705 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4707 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4708 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4713 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4714 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4715 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4716 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4720 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4721 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4723 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4727 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4728 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4731 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4732 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4733 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4735 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4739 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4741 /* Deal with function syms. */
4742 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4743 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4746 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4747 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4748 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4749 function symbol is local. */
4750 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4751 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4753 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4754 won't need a .plt entry. */
4755 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4756 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4757 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4760 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4762 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4763 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4764 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4766 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4768 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4769 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4770 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4772 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4774 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4775 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4776 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4778 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4782 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4783 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4784 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4785 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4786 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4787 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4788 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4789 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4791 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4793 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4794 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4795 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4796 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4797 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4799 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4800 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4801 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4802 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4803 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4805 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4806 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4807 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4808 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4810 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4811 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4815 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4817 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4818 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4819 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4820 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4822 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4823 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4824 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4825 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4826 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4827 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4828 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4829 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4833 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4834 is not a function. */
4836 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4837 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4838 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4839 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4840 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4842 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4846 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4847 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4848 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4850 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4854 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4855 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4856 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4857 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4858 if (h
->protected_def
)
4860 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4861 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4862 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4863 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4864 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4865 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4869 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4870 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4873 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4874 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4875 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4876 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4877 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4879 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4880 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4881 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4883 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4886 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4887 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4888 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4889 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4890 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4891 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4892 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4893 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4894 same memory location for the variable.
4896 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4897 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4898 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4900 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4901 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4903 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4904 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4906 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4910 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4911 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4912 and into the runtime process image. */
4913 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4914 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4915 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4916 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4918 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4919 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4920 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4924 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4925 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4926 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4929 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4930 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4931 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4932 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4933 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4936 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4937 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4938 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4940 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4941 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4944 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4946 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4947 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4949 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4951 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4952 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4955 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4956 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4959 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4961 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4962 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4963 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4964 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4967 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4969 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4970 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4971 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4972 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4973 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4974 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4975 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4977 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
4982 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
4983 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
4986 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
4989 unsigned int max_before_header
;
4991 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
4993 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
4994 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
4998 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
4999 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5001 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5002 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5006 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5007 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5009 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5010 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5012 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5013 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5019 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5020 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5022 static inline unsigned int
5023 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5026 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5031 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5033 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5035 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5041 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5044 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5045 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5047 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5049 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5050 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5051 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5052 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5055 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5056 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5060 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5063 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5065 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5066 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5067 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5068 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5071 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5074 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5075 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5076 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5077 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5078 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5079 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5080 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5081 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5082 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5086 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5087 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5091 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5093 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5094 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5095 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5096 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5097 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5101 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5103 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5106 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5107 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5108 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5109 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5110 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5111 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5112 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5113 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5114 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5118 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5119 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5120 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5121 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5122 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5123 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5129 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5131 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5132 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5133 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5134 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5135 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5137 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5138 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5139 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5140 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5142 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5143 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5144 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5145 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5147 if (h
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5150 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5151 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5152 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5153 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5155 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5157 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5158 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5159 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5160 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5161 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5162 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5163 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5165 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5167 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5169 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5178 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5180 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5182 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5184 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5191 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5193 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5194 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5198 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5200 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5201 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5203 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5205 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5206 && !(h
->protected_def
5207 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5208 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5209 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5211 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5212 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5215 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5216 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5219 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5222 /* Allocate space. */
5223 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5225 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5226 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5227 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5228 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5231 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5232 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5235 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5236 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5237 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5239 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5240 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5243 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5244 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5245 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5246 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5248 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5249 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5250 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5252 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5253 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5255 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5259 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5265 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5269 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5272 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5274 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5275 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5279 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5281 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5282 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5285 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5289 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5290 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5292 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5294 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5295 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5303 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5304 for the special first entry. */
5306 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5308 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5309 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5310 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5311 word available at the end. */
5312 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5313 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5315 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5316 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5318 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5319 file, and we are not generating a shared
5320 library, then set the symbol to this location
5321 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5322 relocations, and is required to make
5323 function pointers compare as equal between
5324 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5325 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5329 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5330 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5333 /* Make room for this entry. */
5334 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5335 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5337 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5338 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5339 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5340 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5341 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5343 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5346 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5351 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5353 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5354 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5356 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5358 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5359 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5364 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5366 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5368 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5369 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5370 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5373 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5375 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5376 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5377 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5380 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5381 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5382 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5385 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5387 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5394 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5398 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5404 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5411 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5413 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5414 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5415 1, /* CIE version. */
5416 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5417 4, /* Code alignment. */
5418 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5420 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5421 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5422 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5425 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5428 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5429 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5431 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5437 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5440 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5441 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5443 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5445 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5446 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5448 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5449 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5450 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5451 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5455 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5456 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5457 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5458 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5460 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5462 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5464 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5465 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5466 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5467 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5469 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5470 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5472 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5475 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5477 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5479 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5480 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5484 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5485 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5487 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5488 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5489 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5492 else if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5493 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5496 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5497 handled specially by the loader. */
5499 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5501 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5503 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5504 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5505 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5506 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5507 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5509 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5510 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5511 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5517 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5521 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5522 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5523 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5524 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5525 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5526 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5528 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5532 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5533 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5534 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5536 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5539 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5540 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5541 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5542 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5546 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5547 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5548 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5549 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5555 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5557 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5560 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5561 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5562 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5564 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5565 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5566 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5568 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5569 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5571 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5573 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5574 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5576 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5584 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5587 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5589 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5592 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5593 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5595 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5599 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5601 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5602 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5604 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5606 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5607 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5613 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5617 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5618 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5620 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5622 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5623 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5624 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5627 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5629 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5631 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5633 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5634 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5635 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5636 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5637 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5639 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5640 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5642 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5645 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5647 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5649 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5651 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5652 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5654 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5656 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5658 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5659 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5660 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5661 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5662 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5665 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5666 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5667 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5669 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5670 /* Space for the branch table. */
5672 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5673 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5674 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5676 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5678 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5680 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5681 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5682 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5685 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5687 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5688 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5689 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5690 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5691 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5692 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5693 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5695 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5697 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5698 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5701 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5703 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5704 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5705 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5706 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5707 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5708 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5709 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5711 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5716 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5717 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5718 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5719 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5720 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5722 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5723 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5724 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5727 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5732 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5733 Allocate memory for them. */
5735 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5737 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5739 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5742 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5743 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5745 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5746 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5747 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5748 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5749 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5750 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5753 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5754 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5756 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5757 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5759 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5760 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5761 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5763 /* Strip these too. */
5765 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5766 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5768 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5770 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5774 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5777 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5778 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5784 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5788 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5790 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5791 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5792 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5793 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5794 before the linker maps input sections to output
5795 sections. The linker does that before
5796 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5797 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5798 into these sections. */
5799 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5803 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5806 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5807 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5808 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5812 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5814 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5815 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5816 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5817 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5818 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5819 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5820 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5822 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd
, info
,
5826 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5827 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5828 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5830 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5832 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5833 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5834 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5835 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5839 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5841 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5842 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5844 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5847 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5848 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5849 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5850 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5852 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5853 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5856 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5857 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5859 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5862 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5867 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5868 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5870 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5872 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5875 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5878 else if (adv
< 65536)
5880 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5881 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5886 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5887 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5890 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5893 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5894 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5897 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5898 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5904 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5905 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5908 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5910 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5912 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5916 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5917 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5919 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5920 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5922 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5923 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5924 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
5925 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
5932 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5934 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5938 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
5939 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
5944 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5947 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5949 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5951 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
5952 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
5955 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
5958 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
5960 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
5961 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
5962 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
5964 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
5965 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
5966 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
5967 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
5968 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
5969 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
5970 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
5971 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
5974 static const int stub_entry
[] =
5976 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
5977 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
5978 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
5979 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
5982 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
5984 unsigned int workaround_size
;
5985 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
5988 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
5989 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
5990 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
5991 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
5994 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
5996 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
5999 struct one_branch_fixup
6001 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6003 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6004 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6009 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6010 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6011 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6012 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6013 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6014 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6015 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6016 unsigned changes
= 0;
6017 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6018 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6019 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6021 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6025 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6026 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6027 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6028 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6032 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6033 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6035 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6038 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6042 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6043 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6044 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6045 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6047 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6048 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6049 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6051 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6052 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6054 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6056 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6057 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6058 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6061 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6062 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6065 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6066 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6067 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6068 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6069 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6072 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6074 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6075 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6077 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6078 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6080 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6081 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6082 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6086 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6088 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6089 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6091 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6094 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6095 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6096 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6099 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6100 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6101 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6102 unsigned char sym_type
;
6107 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6108 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6110 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6114 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6115 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6116 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6119 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6120 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6128 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6129 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6130 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6137 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6138 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6142 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6143 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6148 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6149 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6150 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6154 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6155 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6156 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6161 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6162 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6163 branch stub in that case. */
6164 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6165 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6166 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6168 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6169 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6170 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6172 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6173 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6174 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6175 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6176 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6178 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6180 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6182 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6183 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6184 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6185 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6186 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6191 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6192 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6194 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6195 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6196 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6199 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6202 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6204 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6205 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6206 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6207 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6209 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6210 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6211 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6212 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6219 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6224 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6225 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6226 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6230 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6231 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6232 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6233 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6237 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6238 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6239 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6240 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6242 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6243 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6245 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6246 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6247 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6248 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6253 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6255 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6256 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6257 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6260 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6262 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6263 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6266 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6270 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6271 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6276 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6277 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6282 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6283 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6284 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6285 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6286 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6287 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6288 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6289 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6290 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6293 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6294 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6295 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6296 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6297 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6298 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6300 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6301 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6302 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6303 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6304 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6306 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6307 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6308 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6309 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6310 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6311 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6312 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6313 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6314 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6315 location of interest is just "sym". */
6316 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6317 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6318 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6321 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6322 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6325 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6326 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6327 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6329 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6330 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6331 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6333 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6334 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6335 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6336 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6337 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6338 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6341 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6343 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6344 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6345 fixup can be created at final link.
6346 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6347 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6348 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6349 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6350 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6353 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6354 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6355 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6356 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6357 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6358 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6360 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6362 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6363 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6364 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6365 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6369 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6370 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6371 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6377 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6379 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6380 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6381 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6382 one. We'll report an error later. */
6385 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6387 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6392 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6395 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6396 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6397 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6399 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6400 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6401 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6404 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6405 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6406 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6408 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6409 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6410 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6413 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6414 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6415 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6418 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6426 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6427 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6430 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6431 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6434 /* Get the section contents. */
6435 if (contents
== NULL
)
6437 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6438 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6439 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6440 /* Go get them off disk. */
6441 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6445 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6446 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6450 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6451 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6452 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6454 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6455 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6459 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6460 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6461 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6464 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6469 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6471 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6472 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6477 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6479 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6480 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6481 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6483 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6484 unsigned int crossings
;
6485 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6487 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6488 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6490 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6493 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6494 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6495 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6496 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6497 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6498 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6500 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6501 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6503 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6504 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6506 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6509 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6511 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6512 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6513 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6514 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6517 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6518 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6521 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6523 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6527 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6528 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6532 if (contents
!= NULL
6533 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6535 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6539 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6540 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6544 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6547 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6548 information for the trampolines. */
6549 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6550 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6551 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6556 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6557 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6558 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6560 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6562 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6564 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6565 free (internal_relocs
);
6566 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6567 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6568 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6569 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6571 else if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6572 free (internal_relocs
);
6574 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6578 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6580 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6581 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6584 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6586 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6588 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6589 free (internal_relocs
);
6593 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6594 discarded sections. */
6597 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6599 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6602 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6605 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6608 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6611 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6612 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6613 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6615 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6617 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6619 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6623 /* Handle global symbol. */
6624 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6626 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6627 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6628 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6632 /* Handle local symbol. */
6633 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6635 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6636 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6637 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6640 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6643 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6645 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6646 as a "written" flag. */
6647 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6649 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6650 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6651 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6652 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6655 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6656 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6657 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6658 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6662 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6663 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6669 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6670 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6671 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6674 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6675 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6676 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6678 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6679 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6681 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6684 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6685 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6687 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6689 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6691 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6693 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6695 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6697 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6699 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6701 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6705 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6706 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6707 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6709 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6713 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6715 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6716 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6717 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6718 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6722 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6723 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6726 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6728 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6733 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6735 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6738 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6740 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6744 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6749 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6752 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6754 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6755 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6756 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6757 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6760 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6761 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6762 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6765 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6769 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6772 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6773 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6774 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6775 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6779 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6782 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6783 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6784 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6785 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6786 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6787 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6788 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6789 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6790 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6791 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6793 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6800 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6801 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6802 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6805 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6807 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6808 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6809 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6810 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6811 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6812 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6813 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6814 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6815 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6816 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6817 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6818 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6819 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6820 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6821 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6822 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6823 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6825 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6826 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6828 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6830 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6831 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6832 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6833 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6835 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6836 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6837 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6838 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6846 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6848 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6849 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6850 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6851 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6855 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6857 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6858 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6859 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6862 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6863 to handle the relocations for a section.
6865 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6866 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6869 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6870 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6871 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6874 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6875 address or the reloc symbol index.
6877 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6879 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6880 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6882 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6883 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6885 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6886 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6887 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6888 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6892 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6893 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6895 asection
*input_section
,
6897 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6898 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6899 asection
**local_sections
)
6901 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6902 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6903 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6904 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6905 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6906 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6907 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6909 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6910 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
6911 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6912 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
6913 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6914 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6917 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6918 "%ld relocations%s",
6919 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6920 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
6921 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6924 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
6926 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
6930 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
6932 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
6933 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
6934 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
6936 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6937 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
6938 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
6939 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
6940 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
6941 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
6942 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
6943 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
6945 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
6946 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
6947 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
6948 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
6949 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
6951 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
6953 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
6954 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6956 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6957 const char *sym_name
;
6958 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6959 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6961 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
6962 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
6964 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
6965 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
6966 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
6969 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
6973 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
6975 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6977 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6979 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6980 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
6981 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
6983 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
6987 bfd_boolean ignored
;
6989 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
6990 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
6992 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
6994 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6997 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
6999 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7000 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7001 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7003 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7004 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7006 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7007 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7008 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7012 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7013 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7014 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7015 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7016 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7017 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7023 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7026 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7027 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7029 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7030 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7031 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7033 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7034 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7035 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7039 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7040 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7041 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7042 for the final instruction stream. */
7046 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7047 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7049 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7052 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7053 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7054 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7057 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7058 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7059 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7060 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7061 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7062 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7063 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7064 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7065 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7072 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7073 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7074 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7075 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7079 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7080 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7082 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7083 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7084 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7085 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7086 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7091 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7092 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7096 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7097 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7100 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7101 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7102 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7104 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7105 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7106 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7110 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7111 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7113 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7117 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7118 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7119 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7122 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7123 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7124 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7127 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7128 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7129 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7131 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7135 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7136 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7138 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7142 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7143 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7144 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7146 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7150 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7151 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7152 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7153 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7154 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7155 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7156 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7158 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7159 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7160 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7161 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7162 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7163 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7164 intervening code. */
7165 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7166 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7167 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7170 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7171 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7172 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7174 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7175 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7176 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7178 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7179 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7180 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7185 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7186 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7189 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7191 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7193 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7195 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7196 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7197 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7198 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7199 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7200 + sec
->output_offset
7201 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7203 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7204 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7205 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7207 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7208 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7209 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7210 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7211 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7214 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7215 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7218 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7219 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7226 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7227 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7230 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7232 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7234 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7235 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7239 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7242 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7243 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7248 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7249 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7250 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7252 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7253 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7254 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7255 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7256 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7261 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7262 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7266 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7268 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7269 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7274 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7276 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7278 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7279 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7280 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7281 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7282 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7283 + sec
->output_offset
7284 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7286 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7287 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7288 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7289 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7290 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7291 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7292 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7293 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7299 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7306 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7307 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7308 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7309 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7312 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7313 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7314 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7318 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7319 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7322 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7323 + input_section
->output_offset
7324 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7326 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7327 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7328 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7330 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7334 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7338 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7339 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7340 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7341 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7343 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7345 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7346 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7347 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7348 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7351 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7352 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7353 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7354 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7355 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7360 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7364 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7365 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7366 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7368 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7369 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7372 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7374 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7375 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7376 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7377 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7383 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7384 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7385 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7387 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7388 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7389 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7390 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7391 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7393 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7394 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7395 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7396 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7397 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7398 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7399 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7400 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7402 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7403 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7405 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7407 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7408 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7409 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7410 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7412 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7413 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7415 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7416 output is reasonable. */
7417 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7419 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7420 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7421 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7423 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7425 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7429 /* xgettext:c-format */
7430 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7431 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7432 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7433 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7435 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7437 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7438 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7439 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7440 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7441 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7442 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7443 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7444 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7445 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7446 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7447 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7448 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7449 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7450 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7451 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7452 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7453 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7455 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7456 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7458 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7460 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7461 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7465 /* xgettext:c-format */
7466 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7467 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7468 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7469 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7474 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
7476 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7480 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7481 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7483 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7484 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7486 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7488 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7489 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7490 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7495 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7496 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7497 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7498 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7499 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7502 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7503 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7504 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7505 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7506 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7507 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7508 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7512 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7514 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7515 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7517 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7519 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7520 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7521 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7522 apparently are using code compiled with
7523 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7524 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7525 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7526 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7528 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7529 /* xgettext:c-format */
7530 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7531 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7534 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7535 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7536 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7538 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7539 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7540 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7541 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7543 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7544 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7549 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7550 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7552 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7553 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7560 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7561 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7563 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7564 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7565 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7566 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7567 /* xgettext:c-format */
7568 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7569 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7570 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7572 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7576 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7577 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7579 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7580 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7581 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7583 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7592 /* xgettext:c-format */
7593 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7594 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7596 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7604 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7605 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7606 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7609 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7610 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7611 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7612 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7613 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7614 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7615 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7616 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7617 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7620 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7621 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7622 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7623 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7624 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7627 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7628 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7629 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7630 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7631 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7634 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7635 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7636 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7637 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7638 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7642 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7643 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7644 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7648 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7654 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7658 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7659 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7660 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7663 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7665 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7666 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7667 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7668 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7669 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7670 because of a version file. */
7675 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7677 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7681 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7683 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7686 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7687 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7688 processed this entry. */
7694 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7695 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7696 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7699 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7701 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7702 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7705 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7706 Initialize them all. */
7711 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7713 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7716 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7718 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7721 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7723 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7724 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7726 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7728 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7732 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7734 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7736 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7738 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7739 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7741 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7746 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7748 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7749 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7750 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7752 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7753 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7755 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7756 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7758 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7759 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7761 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7762 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7763 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7764 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7766 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7768 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7771 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7772 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7773 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7774 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7776 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7777 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7778 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7780 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7781 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7783 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7784 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7786 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7787 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7789 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7792 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7793 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7794 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7795 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7798 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7799 emitting a reloc. */
7802 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7806 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7810 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7813 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7814 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7815 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7818 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7820 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7821 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7825 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7826 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7830 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7839 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7842 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7844 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7846 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7847 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7849 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7851 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7853 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7855 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7862 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7863 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7866 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7867 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7869 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7871 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7872 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7873 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7874 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7876 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7877 /* xgettext:c-format */
7878 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7879 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7885 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7886 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7887 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7888 at a symbol not in this object. */
7889 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7891 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7892 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7899 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7901 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7902 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7903 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7904 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7905 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7906 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7907 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7908 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7909 /* xgettext:c-format */
7910 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7911 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7912 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7916 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7917 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7918 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7919 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
7920 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7921 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7924 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7927 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7928 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
7929 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7931 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7932 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
7934 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7935 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
7936 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7937 defined before using them. */
7938 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
7939 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7940 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
7942 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7945 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7946 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7947 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
7948 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
7949 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
7953 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7954 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7957 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
7958 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7959 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7962 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
7968 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
7969 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
7970 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
7971 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
7975 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
7981 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
7982 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
7983 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
7988 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
7989 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
7990 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
7993 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7994 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7995 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
7996 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
7997 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7998 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8004 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8005 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8006 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8011 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8015 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8017 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8018 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8019 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8021 && h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8029 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8030 "create relocation for %s\n",
8031 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8032 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8035 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8036 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8039 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8042 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8043 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8044 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8045 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8046 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8048 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8049 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8050 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8051 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8052 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8053 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8054 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8057 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8058 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8061 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8062 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8063 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8064 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8068 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8070 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8074 /* If we get here when building a static
8075 executable, then the libc startup function
8076 responsible for applying indirect function
8077 relocations is going to complain about
8079 If we get here when building a dynamic
8080 executable, it will be because we have
8081 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8082 will set the text segment writable and
8083 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8084 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8085 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8086 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8087 /* xgettext:c-format */
8088 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8089 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8090 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8095 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8097 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8099 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8106 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8107 against a section symbol. It would be
8108 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8109 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8110 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8111 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8112 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8113 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8115 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8120 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8123 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8124 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8126 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8129 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8130 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8132 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8133 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8136 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8138 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8139 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8141 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8144 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8147 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8149 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8150 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8151 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8156 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8157 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8158 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8163 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8164 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8167 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8174 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8175 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8178 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8179 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8181 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8183 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8184 got2_addend
= addend
;
8187 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8188 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8189 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8190 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8191 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8193 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8194 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8203 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8206 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8208 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8209 + input_section
->output_offset
8210 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8211 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8212 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8213 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8214 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8216 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8221 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8224 relocation
+= addend
;
8225 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8228 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8230 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8231 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8235 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8236 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8244 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8248 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8249 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8250 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8251 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8252 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8253 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8254 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8255 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8257 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8258 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8262 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8263 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8264 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8265 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8267 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8271 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8272 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8276 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8277 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8278 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8279 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8281 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8285 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8286 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8290 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8291 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8292 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8293 AIX .toc section. */
8294 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8295 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8297 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8300 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8301 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8303 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8306 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8307 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8309 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8311 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8312 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8314 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8316 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8317 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8318 using -Bsymbolic. */
8322 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8323 procedure linkage table. */
8324 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8325 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8326 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8327 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8328 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8330 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8331 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8336 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8337 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8338 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8344 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8345 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8346 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8349 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8350 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8352 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8354 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8355 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8356 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8357 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8359 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8360 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8362 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8364 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8365 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8366 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8370 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8371 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8372 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8374 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8377 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8379 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8381 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8382 + plt
->output_offset
8384 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8388 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8390 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8391 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8393 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8401 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8402 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8405 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8408 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8409 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8411 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8414 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8416 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8417 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8418 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8421 /* xgettext:c-format */
8422 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8423 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8432 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8433 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8436 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8439 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8440 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8442 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8445 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8447 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8448 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8449 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8452 /* xgettext:c-format */
8453 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8454 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8463 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8464 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8465 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8466 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8467 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8470 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8471 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8472 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8473 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8474 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8477 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8478 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8479 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8480 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8481 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8484 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8485 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8486 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8487 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8488 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8491 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8492 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8493 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8494 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8495 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8498 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8499 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8500 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8501 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8502 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8505 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8506 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8507 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8508 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8509 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8514 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8516 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8518 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8522 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8523 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8524 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8527 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8529 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8530 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8533 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8535 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8536 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8543 /* xgettext:c-format */
8544 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8545 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8551 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8558 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8560 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8563 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8566 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8569 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8570 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8571 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8572 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8573 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8574 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8575 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8576 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8577 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8579 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8581 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8582 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8584 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8587 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8591 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8592 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8593 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8594 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8595 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8596 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8597 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8599 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8601 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8602 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8606 /* Fill in register field. */
8607 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8608 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8612 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8613 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8614 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8615 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8616 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8617 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8621 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8623 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8625 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8629 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8630 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8631 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8632 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8633 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8634 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8635 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8639 /* xgettext:c-format */
8640 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8641 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8647 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8652 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8654 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8657 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8659 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8660 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8661 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8663 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8664 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8665 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8666 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8668 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8669 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8671 value
= value
>> 16;
8672 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8673 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8675 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8677 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8679 value
= value
>> 16;
8680 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8681 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8683 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8685 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8687 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8688 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8689 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8691 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8693 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8695 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8696 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8697 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8699 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8704 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8705 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8708 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8710 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8711 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8712 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8713 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8715 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8718 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8721 /* Negative relocations. */
8722 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8723 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8724 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8725 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8726 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8727 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8731 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8732 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8733 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8734 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8736 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8738 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8739 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8740 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8741 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8742 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8743 /* xgettext:c-format */
8744 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8745 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8747 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8758 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8760 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8761 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8763 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8764 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8765 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8766 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8768 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8769 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8770 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8771 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8776 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8777 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8778 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8780 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8781 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8782 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8783 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8784 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8786 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8787 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8788 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8789 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8794 /* Do any further special processing. */
8800 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8801 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8802 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8803 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8804 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8805 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8806 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8807 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8808 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8809 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8810 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8811 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8816 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8817 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8818 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8819 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8820 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8821 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8822 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8823 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8828 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8830 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8831 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8833 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8834 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8835 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8837 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8838 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8839 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8840 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8841 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8842 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8843 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8844 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8845 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8847 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8848 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8849 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8850 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8852 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8853 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8855 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8857 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8861 relocation
+= addend
;
8862 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8863 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8866 relocation
^= lobit
;
8867 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8868 /* xgettext:c-format */
8869 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8870 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8871 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8880 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8881 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8886 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8890 if (unresolved_reloc
8891 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8893 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8894 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8896 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8897 /* xgettext:c-format */
8898 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8899 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8905 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8906 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8907 have different reloc types. */
8908 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8909 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8910 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8912 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8914 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
8918 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
8919 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8920 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
8921 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8922 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
8923 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
8924 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
8926 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
8929 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
8934 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
8936 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
8937 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
8938 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8943 relocation
+= addend
;
8944 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
8945 + input_section
->output_offset
8946 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
8948 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8950 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
8951 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8956 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
8957 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
8959 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8961 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
8964 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
8965 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
8968 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8969 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
8970 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
8971 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
8972 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
8973 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
8977 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8978 /* xgettext:c-format */
8979 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
8980 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8981 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
8992 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
8993 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
8995 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
8996 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
8997 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
8999 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9001 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9002 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9007 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9008 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9009 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9013 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9016 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9017 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9018 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9019 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9021 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9022 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9023 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9026 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9027 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9028 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9029 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9030 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9032 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9033 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9035 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9041 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9042 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9043 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9046 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9051 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9052 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9053 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9054 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9055 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9057 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9058 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9059 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9060 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9061 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9065 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9066 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9067 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9068 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9071 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9079 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9080 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9082 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9086 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9103 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9104 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9105 avoid the icache failure.
9107 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9108 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9109 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9110 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9111 unconditional branches:
9112 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9113 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9114 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9115 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9116 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9117 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9118 instruction is not executed.
9123 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9130 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9131 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9132 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9133 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9134 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9135 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9138 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9139 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9142 . nop b somewhere_else
9143 . b somewhere_else nop
9144 . new_page: new_page:
9146 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9147 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9148 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9149 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9150 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9151 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9152 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9155 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9156 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9157 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9158 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9159 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9162 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9163 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9167 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9168 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9169 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9170 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9172 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9174 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9175 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9178 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9180 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9181 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9184 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9185 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9186 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9187 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9193 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9194 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9195 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9196 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9199 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9202 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9203 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9204 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9205 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9208 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9209 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9211 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9213 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9217 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9219 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9220 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9223 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9224 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9234 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9235 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9237 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9239 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9240 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9242 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9244 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9246 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9247 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9248 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9249 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9250 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9252 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9254 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9255 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9256 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9257 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9258 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9260 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9262 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9263 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9264 contents
+ patch_off
);
9266 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9267 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9268 contents
+ patch_off
);
9275 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9277 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9278 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9280 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9281 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9282 contents
+ patch_off
);
9284 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9285 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9286 contents
+ patch_off
);
9288 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9289 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9290 contents
+ patch_off
);
9296 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9298 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9299 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9300 contents
+ patch_off
);
9303 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9304 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9311 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9314 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9316 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9317 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9318 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9319 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9322 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9323 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9327 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9329 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9330 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9331 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9333 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9334 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9335 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9336 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9339 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9340 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9341 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9342 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9343 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9346 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9348 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9349 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9350 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9353 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9355 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9356 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9358 /* Use the right PLT. */
9359 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9360 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9362 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9363 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9365 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9366 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9367 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9368 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9369 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9370 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9374 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9376 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9377 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9378 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9379 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9380 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9381 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9384 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9385 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9386 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9387 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9389 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9390 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9391 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9392 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9393 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9394 prescaled offset. */
9395 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9396 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9397 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9398 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9399 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9400 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9401 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9402 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9404 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9406 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9407 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9408 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9409 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9410 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9411 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9413 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9414 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9415 in this PLT entry. */
9416 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9417 + plt
->output_offset
9418 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9419 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9421 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9423 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9424 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9425 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9426 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9427 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9429 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9430 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9431 + plt
->output_offset
9432 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9433 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9435 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9436 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9437 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9439 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9440 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9441 + plt
->output_offset
9442 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9443 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9445 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9446 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9447 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9449 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9450 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9451 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9452 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9454 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9456 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9457 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9460 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9461 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9462 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9463 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9464 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9465 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9466 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9473 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9474 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9476 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9478 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9479 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9483 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9484 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9487 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9488 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9489 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9494 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9495 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9499 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9500 + plt
->output_offset
9503 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9504 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9505 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9507 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9508 linker will fill it in. */
9512 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9513 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9514 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9515 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9516 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9523 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9524 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9525 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9527 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9528 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9530 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9531 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9532 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9533 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9537 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9538 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9539 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9540 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9541 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9543 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9548 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9549 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9550 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9553 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9555 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9556 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9558 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9559 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9564 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9565 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9567 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9568 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9577 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9580 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9582 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9588 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9590 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9592 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9593 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9594 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9595 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9596 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9597 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9599 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9602 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9606 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9607 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9608 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9609 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9610 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9611 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9612 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9614 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9616 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9618 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9621 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9624 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9625 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9627 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9632 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9633 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9634 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9636 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9638 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9639 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9640 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9641 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9645 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9646 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9648 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9649 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9653 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9654 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9659 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9660 + plt
->output_offset
9661 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9662 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9663 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9664 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9665 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9667 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9668 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9672 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9673 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9675 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9678 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9684 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9685 dynamic sections here. */
9688 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9689 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9690 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9691 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9693 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9694 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9697 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9698 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9702 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9703 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9704 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9706 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9708 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9709 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9710 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9711 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9712 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9713 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9715 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9716 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9718 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9720 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9721 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9722 function pointer. */
9728 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9729 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9730 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9731 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9732 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9733 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9736 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9737 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9738 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9739 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9740 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9748 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9751 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9754 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9757 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9759 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9761 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9762 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9764 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9765 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9767 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9768 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9770 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9771 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9775 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9781 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9782 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9783 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9784 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9786 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9788 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9789 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9791 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9793 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9794 return reloc_class_relative
;
9795 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9796 return reloc_class_plt
;
9798 return reloc_class_copy
;
9800 return reloc_class_normal
;
9804 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9807 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9808 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9811 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9814 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9817 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9820 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9821 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9822 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9825 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9826 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9828 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9830 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9832 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9834 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9835 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9836 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9838 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9841 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9846 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9847 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9850 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9854 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9858 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9859 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9863 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9867 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9868 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9869 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9870 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9871 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9872 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9873 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9874 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9878 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9879 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9884 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9888 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9889 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9891 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9892 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9894 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9896 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9897 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9899 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9900 so that a function can easily find the address of
9901 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9902 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9903 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9904 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9909 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9910 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9911 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9912 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
9917 /* xgettext:c-format */
9918 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9919 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
9920 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
9921 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
9922 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9926 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
9929 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
9930 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9931 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
9932 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
9933 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9935 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9936 /* Use the right PLT. */
9937 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9938 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
9939 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
9941 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9943 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9945 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
9946 splt
->contents
+ 0);
9947 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
9948 splt
->contents
+ 4);
9952 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
9953 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
9955 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
9956 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
9957 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
9958 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
9959 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
9960 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
9962 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
9964 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9967 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
9969 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9970 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
9971 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
9973 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
9975 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9976 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9978 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9979 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
9980 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
9982 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
9984 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9985 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9987 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
9988 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
9989 in which symbols were output. */
9990 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
9992 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
9994 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
9995 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
9996 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
9997 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9999 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10000 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10001 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10002 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10004 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10005 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10006 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10007 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10012 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10013 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10014 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10017 unsigned char *endp
;
10021 * PIC glink code is the following:
10023 * # ith PLT code stub.
10024 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10025 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10029 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10030 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10031 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10032 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10033 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10035 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10041 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10044 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10047 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10048 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10049 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10050 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10053 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10056 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10058 * # ith PLT code stub.
10059 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10060 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10064 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10067 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10068 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10069 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10070 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10073 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10074 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10078 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10079 and perhaps some padding. */
10080 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10081 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10082 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10083 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10084 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10086 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10091 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10095 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10096 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10097 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10099 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10101 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10102 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10103 glink branch table. */
10104 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10106 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10107 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10109 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10110 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10111 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10113 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10117 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10118 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10121 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10122 one other call stub before this one. */
10123 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10125 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10127 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10132 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10133 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10134 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10138 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10139 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10140 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10142 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10144 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10146 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10148 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10150 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10152 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10154 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10156 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10158 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10160 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10162 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10167 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10169 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10172 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10174 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10178 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10180 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10182 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10183 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10185 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10187 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10189 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10191 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10193 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10194 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10196 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10199 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10201 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10205 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10206 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10209 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10212 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10213 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10215 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10218 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10223 /* Offset to .glink. */
10224 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10225 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10226 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10227 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10228 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10229 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10231 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10232 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10233 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10234 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10241 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10242 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10243 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10244 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10245 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10246 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10247 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10248 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10249 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10250 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10251 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10253 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10254 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10258 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10261 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10262 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10263 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10264 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10265 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10266 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10268 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10269 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10270 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10271 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10272 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10273 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10274 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10275 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10277 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10278 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10279 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10280 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10281 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10282 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10283 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10284 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10285 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10286 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10287 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10288 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10289 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10290 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10291 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10292 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10293 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10294 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10295 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10296 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10297 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10298 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10299 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10300 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10301 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10302 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10303 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10304 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10305 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10307 #include "elf32-target.h"
10309 /* FreeBSD Target */
10311 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10312 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10314 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10315 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10316 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10317 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10320 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10323 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10325 #include "elf32-target.h"
10327 /* VxWorks Target */
10329 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10330 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10332 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10333 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10334 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10335 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10339 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10340 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10342 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10343 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10344 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10346 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10349 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10350 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10352 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10355 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10356 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10357 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10358 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10360 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10362 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10365 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10366 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10367 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10368 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10369 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10370 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10375 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10377 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10378 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10379 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10380 const char **namep
,
10385 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10389 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10393 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10395 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10396 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10399 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10401 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10402 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10403 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10404 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10405 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10406 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10407 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10408 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10409 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10410 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10411 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10412 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10413 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10414 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10416 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10418 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10419 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10420 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10421 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10422 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10423 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10424 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10425 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10426 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10427 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10428 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10429 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10430 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10431 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10432 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10433 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10434 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10435 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10438 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10440 #include "elf32-target.h"